1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 struct linespec_sals
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
245 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
271 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
949 const char *arg
= exp
;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
991 const char *text
, const char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1018 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1020 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1050 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1053 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1054 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1055 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1057 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1058 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1059 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1078 struct command_line
*c
;
1080 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1084 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1107 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1124 struct command_line
*commands
)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1128 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1129 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1149 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1340 struct command_line
*control
)
1342 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1343 struct commands_info info
;
1345 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1346 info
.control
= control
;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1352 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1354 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1355 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1379 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1386 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1400 return simple_control
;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1408 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1412 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1419 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1422 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1423 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1426 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1427 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1429 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1430 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1431 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1432 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1438 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1439 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1441 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1445 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1446 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1447 report higher one. */
1450 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1451 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1453 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1455 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1456 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1458 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1459 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1460 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1461 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1464 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1465 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1476 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1477 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1478 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1479 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1480 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1486 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1487 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1493 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1497 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1498 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1502 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1503 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1504 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1511 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1512 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1515 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1518 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1521 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1524 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1526 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1531 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1536 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1537 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1539 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1540 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1541 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1545 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1547 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1551 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1553 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1554 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1555 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1556 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1557 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1559 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1562 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1566 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1567 const unsigned char *bp
;
1568 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1569 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1571 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1572 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1573 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1575 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1579 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1580 breakpoint's INSN. */
1581 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1587 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1591 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1593 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1598 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1603 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1608 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1612 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1614 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1615 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1618 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1619 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1620 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1621 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1622 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1623 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1624 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1625 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1630 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1631 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1632 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1633 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1636 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1637 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1642 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1644 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1652 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1655 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1656 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1657 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1658 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1663 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1667 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1668 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1669 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1670 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1671 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1672 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1673 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1676 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1677 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1678 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1679 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1680 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1681 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1682 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1686 hardware watchpoints:
1688 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1689 called several times when GDB stops.
1692 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1693 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1694 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1695 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1696 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1697 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1698 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1699 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1700 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1701 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1702 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1705 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1710 int within_current_scope
;
1711 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1714 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1715 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1716 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1717 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1720 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1725 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1726 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1727 within_current_scope
= 1;
1730 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1731 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1732 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1734 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1735 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1736 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1737 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1740 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1741 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1742 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1743 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1748 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1749 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1750 if (within_current_scope
)
1754 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1755 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1756 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1768 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1769 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1770 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1771 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1772 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1773 be completely different objects. */
1774 value_free (b
->val
);
1778 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1779 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1780 locations (re)created below. */
1781 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1783 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1785 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1789 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1790 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1794 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1795 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1796 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1797 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1798 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1799 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1801 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1802 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1803 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1808 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1809 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1811 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1813 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1814 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1815 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1816 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1817 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1825 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1827 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1828 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1830 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1831 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1832 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1833 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1834 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1835 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1836 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1838 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1840 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1841 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1842 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1845 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1851 addr
= value_address (v
);
1853 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1855 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1858 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1859 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1862 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1864 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1865 loc
->address
= addr
;
1866 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1867 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1882 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1886 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1902 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1903 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1919 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1921 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1942 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1950 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1951 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1954 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1956 next
= value_next (v
);
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1967 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1968 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1969 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1970 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1975 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1998 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2001 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2004 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2031 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2034 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2035 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2044 static struct agent_expr
*
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2047 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2057 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2081 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2083 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2084 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2106 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2113 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2150 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2151 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2163 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2164 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2169 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179 static struct agent_expr
*
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2182 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2183 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2184 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2185 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2186 const char *cmdrest
;
2187 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2188 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2197 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2199 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2201 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2202 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2204 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2206 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2208 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2210 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2212 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2213 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2215 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2217 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2218 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2220 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2222 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2224 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2226 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2227 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2230 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2235 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2236 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2238 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2244 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2246 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2247 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2248 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2253 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2254 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2255 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2259 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2261 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2266 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2267 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2272 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2273 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2274 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2275 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2277 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2278 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2279 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2282 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2286 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2287 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2288 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2289 response back to GDB. */
2290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2297 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2299 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2300 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2302 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2303 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2304 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2305 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2311 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2312 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2313 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2315 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2321 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2323 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2328 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2329 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2331 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2333 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2336 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2337 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2342 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2343 for this location's address. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2348 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2349 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2350 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2352 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2353 to send the commands to the target. */
2354 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2358 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2359 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2360 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2364 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2365 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2366 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2367 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2371 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2373 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2374 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2375 int *disabled_breaks
,
2376 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2377 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2380 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2381 struct gdb_exception e
;
2383 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2386 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2387 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2388 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2389 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2390 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2391 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2392 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2393 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2394 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2395 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2396 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2397 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2399 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2400 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2401 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2402 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2404 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2406 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2407 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2408 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2409 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2412 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2413 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2415 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2417 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2418 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2419 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2421 Two important cases are:
2422 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2423 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2424 hardware breakpoint.
2425 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2426 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2427 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2430 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2431 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2432 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2433 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2435 struct mem_region
*mr
2436 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2440 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2442 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2444 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2445 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2447 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2449 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2451 static int said
= 0;
2453 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2456 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2457 _("Note: automatically using "
2458 "hardware breakpoints for "
2459 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2465 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2466 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2467 "at readonly address %s"),
2468 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2472 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2473 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2474 || bl
->section
== NULL
2475 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2477 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2480 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2485 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2490 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2491 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2492 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2494 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2495 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2496 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2497 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2498 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2504 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2505 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2506 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2507 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2508 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2510 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2511 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2512 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2517 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2519 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2520 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2522 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2527 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2532 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2533 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2540 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2541 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2543 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2545 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2547 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2550 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2554 "library breakpoints:\n");
2556 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2558 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2564 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2565 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2566 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2567 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2568 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2569 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2575 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2577 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Error accessing memory address ");
2579 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2582 safe_strerror (val
));
2593 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2594 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2595 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2596 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2598 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2599 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2601 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2603 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2604 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2605 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2607 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2609 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2610 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2614 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2615 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2619 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2620 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2627 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2628 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2631 /* Back to the original value. */
2632 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2636 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2639 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2641 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2642 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2644 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2647 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2651 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2652 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2654 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2659 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2660 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2661 so just return success. */
2668 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2669 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2675 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2676 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2678 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2681 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2682 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2685 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2686 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2689 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2691 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2693 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2694 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2695 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2697 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2698 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2700 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2706 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2707 removed locations above. */
2708 update_global_location_list (0);
2711 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2712 Throws exception on any error.
2713 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2714 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2716 insert_breakpoints (void)
2718 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2721 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2723 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2725 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2728 update_global_location_list (1);
2730 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2731 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2733 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2734 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2737 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2740 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2742 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2746 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2750 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2751 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2752 always-inserted mode. */
2755 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2757 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2760 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2761 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2762 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2764 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2765 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2767 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2768 there was an error. */
2769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2775 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2777 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2780 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2781 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2782 deletion of breakpoints. */
2783 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2788 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2789 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2790 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2791 insert breakpoints. */
2792 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2793 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2796 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2797 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2804 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2805 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2808 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2811 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2814 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2816 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2817 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2820 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2821 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2822 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2824 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2825 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2827 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2828 there was an error. */
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2831 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2835 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2838 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2839 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2840 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2841 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2842 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2845 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2847 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2848 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2849 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2850 insert breakpoints. */
2851 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2852 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2855 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2856 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2861 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2862 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2865 int some_failed
= 0;
2866 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2868 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2871 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2874 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2877 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2878 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2885 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2887 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2889 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2890 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2891 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2899 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2900 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2901 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2904 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2905 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2907 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2911 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2914 /* Used when the program stops.
2915 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2916 removing a breakpoint location. */
2919 remove_breakpoints (void)
2921 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2926 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2927 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2932 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2935 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2937 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2939 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2943 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2946 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2951 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2960 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2962 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2965 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2966 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2967 struct inferior
*inf
;
2968 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2970 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2974 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2975 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2977 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2979 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2980 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2984 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2990 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3002 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3004 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3005 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3006 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3007 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3008 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3009 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3011 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3014 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3017 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3018 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3022 static struct breakpoint
*
3023 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3024 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3025 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3027 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3030 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3033 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3034 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3036 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3037 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3038 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3043 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3045 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3047 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3049 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3050 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3052 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3053 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3055 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3058 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3059 int longjmp_searched
;
3061 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3062 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3064 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3065 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3070 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3071 int exception_searched
;
3073 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3074 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3077 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3079 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3080 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3082 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3085 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3087 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3090 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3091 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3093 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3094 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3096 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3098 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3099 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3101 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3102 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3104 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3105 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3107 return bp_objfile_data
;
3111 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3115 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3116 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3120 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3122 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3123 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3125 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3128 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3131 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3133 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3136 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3138 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3140 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3143 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3144 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3150 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3151 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3153 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3154 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3156 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3158 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3159 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3163 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3164 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3167 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3173 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3174 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3176 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3178 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3180 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3182 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3184 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3187 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3188 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3190 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3191 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3194 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3196 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3198 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3199 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3200 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3203 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3206 struct probe
*probe
;
3207 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3210 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3211 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3215 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3217 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3219 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3220 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3227 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3229 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3230 const char *func_name
;
3233 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3236 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3237 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3239 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3241 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3244 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3245 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3251 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3252 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3253 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3254 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3255 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3259 update_global_location_list (1);
3261 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3264 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3266 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3268 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3269 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3270 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3272 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3276 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3279 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3281 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3286 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3291 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3293 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3295 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3296 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3297 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3300 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3306 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3307 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3308 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3310 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3311 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3315 update_global_location_list (1);
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3326 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3330 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3331 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3335 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3337 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3338 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3340 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3341 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3342 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3345 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3347 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3349 struct probe
*probe
;
3352 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3357 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3359 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3360 bp_exception_master
,
3361 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3362 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3363 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3369 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3371 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3374 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3378 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3380 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3381 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3383 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3387 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3390 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3391 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3393 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3394 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3395 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3396 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3399 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3406 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3408 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3409 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3410 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3411 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3412 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3413 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3414 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3415 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3417 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3418 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3422 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3425 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3426 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3428 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3432 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3433 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3435 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3439 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3440 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3441 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3442 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3443 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3445 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3449 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3450 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3452 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3456 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3458 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3459 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3460 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3462 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3466 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3468 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3469 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3470 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3471 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3476 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3477 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3478 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3479 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3480 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3482 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3483 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3484 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3485 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3486 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3487 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3488 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3490 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3491 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3492 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3493 let finish_command delete it.
3495 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3496 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3497 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3498 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3499 solib breakpoints.) */
3501 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3506 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3507 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3509 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3511 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3515 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3516 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3525 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3527 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3528 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3530 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3531 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3533 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3534 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3535 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3537 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3540 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3541 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3542 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3543 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3544 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3545 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3546 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3550 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3553 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3554 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3560 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3561 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3562 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3563 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3564 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3567 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3571 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3574 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3575 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3578 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3579 This should not ever happen. */
3580 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3582 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3583 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3585 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3586 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3587 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3589 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3590 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3591 || bl
->section
== NULL
3592 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3594 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3595 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3599 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3600 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3601 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3603 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3604 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3606 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3607 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3608 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3609 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3610 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3612 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3613 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3615 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3616 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3619 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3620 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3621 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3622 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3624 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3625 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3626 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3627 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3628 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3629 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3635 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3640 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3641 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3642 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3643 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3648 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3652 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3653 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3655 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3656 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3659 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3663 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3664 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3667 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3668 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3670 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3674 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3681 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3684 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3686 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3689 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3690 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3693 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3694 This should not ever happen. */
3695 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3697 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3699 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3701 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3707 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3710 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3712 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3715 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3719 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3720 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3722 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3725 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3726 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3727 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3732 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3734 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3735 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3737 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3739 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3741 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3746 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3747 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3748 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3754 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3760 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3762 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3763 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3766 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3768 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3770 case bp_shlib_event
:
3772 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3773 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3774 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3775 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3776 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3778 (gdb) file prog-linux
3779 (gdb) run # native linux target
3782 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3783 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3786 case bp_step_resume
:
3788 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3794 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3795 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3796 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3798 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3800 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3801 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3803 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3805 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3806 insert_breakpoints. */
3808 value_free (w
->val
);
3819 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3820 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3821 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3822 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3825 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3826 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3827 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3828 match, not program space. */
3830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3833 permanent breakpoint.
3834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3836 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3840 enum breakpoint_here
3841 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3843 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3844 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3848 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3849 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3852 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3853 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3854 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3855 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3857 if (overlay_debugging
3858 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3859 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3860 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3861 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3862 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3864 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3868 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3871 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3874 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3876 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3879 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3880 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3886 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3887 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3888 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3889 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3892 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3895 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3899 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3904 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3906 if (overlay_debugging
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3917 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3918 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3921 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3923 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3932 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3936 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3939 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3943 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3947 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3967 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3970 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3974 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3976 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3977 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3983 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3984 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3988 /* Check for intersection. */
3989 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3990 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3998 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3999 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4002 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4005 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4006 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4012 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4018 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4021 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4024 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4026 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4027 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4028 it is now time to do so. */
4030 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4031 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4035 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4037 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4038 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4039 it is now time to do so. */
4041 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4042 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4046 if (overlay_debugging
4047 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4048 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4049 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4058 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4062 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4064 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4067 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4071 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4073 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4074 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4075 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4076 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4080 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4081 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4084 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4101 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4102 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4105 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4109 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4114 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4116 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4117 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4118 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4119 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4120 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4122 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4123 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4127 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4137 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4140 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4145 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4147 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4153 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value
4156 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4160 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4162 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4163 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4164 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4166 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4167 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4169 if (newval
> result
)
4176 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4177 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4178 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4179 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4181 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4182 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4184 Return 1 otherwise. */
4187 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4192 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4194 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4195 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4196 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4197 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4198 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4200 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4202 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4206 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4209 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4211 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4214 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4217 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4221 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4223 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4225 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4227 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4233 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4236 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4238 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4240 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4242 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4243 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4244 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4245 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4246 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4250 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4253 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4256 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4258 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4261 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4262 or its equivalent. */
4265 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4267 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4268 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4271 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4272 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4273 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4274 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4276 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4277 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4278 bpstat of the current thread. */
4281 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4284 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4287 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4289 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4292 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4293 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4295 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4297 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4300 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4301 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4303 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4304 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4305 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4307 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4309 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4310 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4311 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4312 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4313 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4314 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4315 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4316 the tree when we're done. */
4317 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4318 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4319 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4320 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4321 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4323 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4329 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4331 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4337 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4338 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4342 if (target_can_async_p ())
4343 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4344 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4345 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4348 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4349 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4350 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4351 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4352 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4353 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4354 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4355 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4356 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4357 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4358 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4359 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4360 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4365 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4370 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4372 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4374 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4375 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4376 && target_has_execution
4377 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4378 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4379 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4380 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4381 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4382 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4383 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4386 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4389 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4392 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4395 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4398 struct value_print_options opts
;
4399 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4400 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4404 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4405 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4406 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4407 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4410 static enum print_stop_action
4411 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4413 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4416 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4417 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4421 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4422 relevant messages. */
4423 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4426 case print_it_normal
:
4428 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4430 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4431 which has since been deleted. */
4433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4435 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4436 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4441 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4442 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4447 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4450 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4453 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4455 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4459 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4463 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4464 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4465 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4469 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4470 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4474 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4478 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4479 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4482 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4488 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4492 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4497 struct so_list
*iter
;
4499 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4501 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4502 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4505 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4511 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4512 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4515 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4519 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4520 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4521 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4522 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4523 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4524 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4525 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4528 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4529 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4530 code to print the location. An example is
4531 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4533 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4534 to also print the location part of the message.
4535 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4536 don't require a location appended to the end.
4537 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4538 further info to be printed. */
4540 enum print_stop_action
4541 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4545 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4546 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4547 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4548 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4549 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4551 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4552 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4553 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4554 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4558 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4559 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4560 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4561 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4563 print_solib_event (0);
4564 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4567 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4568 with and nothing was printed. */
4569 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4572 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4573 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4574 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4575 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4578 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4580 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4581 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4583 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4587 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4590 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4594 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4596 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4597 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4598 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4599 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4600 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4601 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4602 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4604 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4608 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4609 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4612 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4614 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4618 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4620 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4621 as not triggered. */
4623 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4625 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4627 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4633 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4635 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4636 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4638 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4640 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4642 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4645 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4648 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4649 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4653 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4655 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4656 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4658 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4659 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4661 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4663 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4664 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4666 if (newaddr
== start
)
4668 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4672 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4673 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4677 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4686 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4687 because of check_errors). */
4688 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4689 #define WP_DELETED 1
4690 /* The value has changed. */
4691 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4692 /* The value has not changed. */
4693 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4694 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4697 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4698 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4700 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4703 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4704 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4707 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4709 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4710 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4711 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4712 int within_current_scope
;
4714 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4715 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4716 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4724 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4725 within_current_scope
= 1;
4728 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4729 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4730 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4732 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4733 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4734 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4735 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4736 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4737 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4738 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4739 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4740 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4744 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4745 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4747 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4748 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4749 if (within_current_scope
)
4751 struct symbol
*function
;
4753 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4754 if (function
== NULL
4755 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4756 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4757 within_current_scope
= 0;
4760 if (within_current_scope
)
4761 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4762 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4767 if (within_current_scope
)
4769 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4770 time before we return to the command level and call
4771 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4772 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4776 struct value
*new_val
;
4778 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4779 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4780 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4781 a mask watchpoint. */
4782 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4784 mark
= value_mark ();
4785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4787 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4788 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4789 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4790 not what we want. */
4791 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4792 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4794 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4796 release_value (new_val
);
4797 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4799 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4802 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4806 /* Nothing changed. */
4807 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4808 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4815 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4816 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4817 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4818 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4819 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4820 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4821 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4822 the first value assigned). */
4823 /* We print all the stop information in
4824 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4825 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4826 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4828 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4830 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4831 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4832 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4834 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4835 which its expression is valid.\n");
4837 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4838 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4839 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4845 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4846 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4847 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4850 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4851 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4852 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4854 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4856 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4857 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4859 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4862 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4863 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4866 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4868 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4869 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4871 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4872 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4873 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4874 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4875 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4878 int must_check_value
= 0;
4880 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4881 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4883 must_check_value
= 1;
4884 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4885 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4886 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4888 must_check_value
= 1;
4889 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4890 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4891 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4892 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4893 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4894 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4895 must_check_value
= 1;
4897 if (must_check_value
)
4900 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4902 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4903 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4905 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4909 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4910 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4914 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4917 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4918 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4920 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4922 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4923 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4924 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4925 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4926 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4927 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4928 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4931 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4932 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4935 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4936 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4937 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4938 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4940 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4941 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4942 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4945 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4946 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4947 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4948 changes. This still gives false positives when
4949 the program writes the same value to memory as
4950 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4951 it for a read), but it's much better than
4954 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4956 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4958 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4961 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4964 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4965 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4967 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4968 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4970 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4976 if (other_write_watchpoint
4977 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4979 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4980 and the value changed since the last time we
4981 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4983 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4988 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4989 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4990 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4992 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4993 the value hasn't changed. */
4994 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5002 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5003 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5005 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5006 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5010 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5012 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5013 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5014 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5015 anything for this watchpoint. */
5016 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5023 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5024 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5025 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5028 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5030 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5031 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5034 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5035 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5036 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5037 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5038 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5040 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5041 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5042 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5044 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5045 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5049 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5050 struct expression
*cond
;
5052 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5053 method implemented. */
5054 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5055 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5059 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5066 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5068 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5069 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5071 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5072 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5073 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5074 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5076 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5078 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5079 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5083 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5084 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5085 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5086 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5087 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5089 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5090 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5093 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5095 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5096 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5097 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5098 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5099 really matter which instantiation of the function
5100 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5101 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5102 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5103 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5104 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5105 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5106 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5107 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5109 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5111 select_frame (frame
);
5113 within_current_scope
= 0;
5115 if (within_current_scope
)
5117 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5118 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5122 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5123 "in the current scope"));
5124 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5125 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5128 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5129 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5132 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5136 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5140 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5144 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5146 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5152 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5153 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5155 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5156 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5159 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5161 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5163 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5164 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5165 several reasons concurrently.)
5167 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5168 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5171 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5172 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5173 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5175 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5176 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5177 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5178 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5179 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5180 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5183 int need_remove_insert
;
5186 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5187 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5188 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5189 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5190 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5191 inferior function calls. */
5195 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5198 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5200 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5201 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5202 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5203 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5204 checked all locations already. */
5205 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5208 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5211 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5214 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5217 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5220 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5221 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5222 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5226 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5227 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5228 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5230 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5232 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5234 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5239 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5241 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5243 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5244 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5247 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5251 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5252 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5253 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5255 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5257 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5259 handle_solib_event ();
5264 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5265 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5266 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5270 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5275 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5276 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5279 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5284 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5286 /* We will stop here. */
5287 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5289 --(b
->enable_count
);
5290 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5291 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5292 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5297 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5298 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5299 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5300 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5306 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5308 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5312 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5313 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5314 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5316 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5317 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5318 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5320 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5321 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5323 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5325 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5326 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5329 if (need_remove_insert
)
5330 update_global_location_list (1);
5331 else if (removed_any
)
5332 update_global_location_list (0);
5338 handle_jit_event (void)
5340 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5341 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5343 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5344 breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5347 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5348 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5350 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5352 target_terminal_inferior ();
5355 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5358 handle_solib_event (void)
5360 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5362 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5363 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5364 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5365 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5366 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5367 target_terminal_inferior ();
5370 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5372 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5375 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5377 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5381 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5382 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5383 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5385 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5387 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5388 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5389 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5392 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5394 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5395 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5399 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5406 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5409 case bp_shlib_event
:
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5415 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5418 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5421 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5422 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5423 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5429 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5433 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5434 This requires no further action. */
5438 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5440 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5441 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5443 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5444 case bp_exception_resume
:
5445 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5446 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5448 case bp_step_resume
:
5450 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5453 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5454 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5457 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5459 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5462 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5463 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5466 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5467 case bp_thread_event
:
5468 case bp_overlay_event
:
5469 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5470 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5471 case bp_exception_master
:
5472 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5484 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5485 This requires no further action. */
5490 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5493 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5494 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5495 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5498 case bp_std_terminate
:
5499 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5500 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5501 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5502 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5505 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5506 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5507 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5508 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5510 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5511 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5514 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5515 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5517 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5518 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5519 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5520 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5525 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5527 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5531 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5532 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5535 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5538 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5539 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5544 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5546 handle_jit_event ();
5549 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5551 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5557 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5558 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5560 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5561 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5569 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5570 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5571 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5574 bpstat_should_step (void)
5576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5579 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5585 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5587 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5596 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5597 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5598 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5601 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5603 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5604 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5608 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5610 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5612 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5613 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5614 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5619 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5625 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5626 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5628 "host": Host evals condition.
5629 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5630 "target": Target evals condition.
5634 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5636 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5637 char host_evals
= 0;
5638 char target_evals
= 0;
5643 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5648 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5650 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5652 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5658 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5659 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5660 else if (target_evals
)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5663 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5666 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5667 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5670 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5672 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5675 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5676 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5677 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5679 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5680 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5682 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5685 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5688 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5689 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5691 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5692 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5694 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5698 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5700 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5701 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5702 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5705 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5710 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5712 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5716 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5717 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5720 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5721 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5723 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5727 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5728 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5730 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5732 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5734 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5737 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5739 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5740 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5741 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5743 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5744 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5745 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5746 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5749 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5753 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5755 struct ep_type_description
5760 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5762 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5763 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5765 {bp_until
, "until"},
5766 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5767 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5768 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5772 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5773 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5774 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5775 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5776 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5777 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5778 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5779 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5781 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5782 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5783 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5784 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5785 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5786 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5787 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5788 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5789 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5790 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5792 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5793 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5794 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5797 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5798 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5799 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5800 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5803 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5808 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5809 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5812 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5813 const char *field_name
,
5817 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5819 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5823 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5824 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5825 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5828 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5834 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5835 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5840 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5842 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5844 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5848 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5851 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5854 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5855 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5857 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5860 struct command_line
*l
;
5861 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5863 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5864 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5865 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5866 struct value_print_options opts
;
5868 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5870 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5871 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5872 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5875 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5876 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5884 if (part_of_multiple
)
5887 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5888 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5893 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5898 if (part_of_multiple
)
5899 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5905 if (part_of_multiple
)
5906 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5913 if (part_of_multiple
)
5914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5916 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5917 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5918 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5922 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5924 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5925 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5926 make sure there's just one location. */
5927 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5928 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5934 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5935 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5939 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5940 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5941 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5943 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5945 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5946 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5947 is relatively readable). */
5948 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5949 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5956 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5960 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5961 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5963 case bp_exception_resume
:
5964 case bp_step_resume
:
5965 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5966 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5968 case bp_std_terminate
:
5969 case bp_shlib_event
:
5970 case bp_thread_event
:
5971 case bp_overlay_event
:
5972 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5973 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5974 case bp_exception_master
:
5976 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5977 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5980 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5982 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5985 if (header_of_multiple
)
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5987 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5988 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5990 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5991 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5994 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5995 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6002 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6004 struct inferior
*inf
;
6005 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6010 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6011 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6014 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6015 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6017 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6018 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6019 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6020 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6021 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6022 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6024 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6025 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6028 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6030 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6032 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6033 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6034 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6037 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6040 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6044 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6046 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6047 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6049 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6053 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6055 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6056 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6060 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6063 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6066 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6067 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6069 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6070 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6071 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6072 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6073 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6075 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6076 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6077 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6078 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6083 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6085 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6086 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6087 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6091 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6095 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6096 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6098 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6103 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6104 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6105 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6111 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6112 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6113 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6117 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6120 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6121 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6122 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6125 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6126 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6127 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6128 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6132 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6133 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6134 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6138 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6142 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6144 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6146 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6148 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6150 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6154 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6155 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6157 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6160 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6161 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6162 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6165 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6167 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6169 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6171 annotate_field (10);
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6173 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6174 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6177 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6179 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6181 annotate_field (11);
6183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6184 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6185 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6192 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6199 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6201 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6203 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6205 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6206 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6211 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6212 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6215 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6216 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6218 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6220 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6221 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6223 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6224 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6225 locations, if any. */
6226 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6228 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6229 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6230 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6233 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6234 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6236 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6237 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6239 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6242 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6244 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6245 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6246 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6247 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6254 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6256 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6257 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6259 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6263 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6264 an address to print. */
6265 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6268 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6269 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6270 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6273 return print_address_bits
;
6276 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6282 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6284 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6286 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6290 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6292 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6300 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6301 char **error_message
)
6303 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6306 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6308 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6309 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6315 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6316 internal or momentary. */
6319 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6321 return b
->number
> 0;
6324 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6325 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6326 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6327 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6328 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6329 breakpoints listed. */
6332 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6333 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6335 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6336 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6337 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6338 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6339 struct value_print_options opts
;
6340 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6341 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6342 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6344 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6346 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6347 required for address fields. */
6348 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6351 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6352 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6355 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6356 accept. Skip the others. */
6357 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6359 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6361 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6365 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6367 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6369 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6370 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6371 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6373 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6374 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6375 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6377 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6381 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6388 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6389 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6393 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6396 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6400 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6401 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6403 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6406 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6407 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6411 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6412 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6413 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6416 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6420 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6421 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6422 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6423 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6428 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6429 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6432 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6433 accept. Skip the others. */
6435 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6437 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6439 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6442 else /* all others */
6444 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6448 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6450 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6451 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6454 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6456 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6458 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6462 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6463 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6465 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6466 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6472 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6473 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6476 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6477 there have been breakpoints? */
6478 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6480 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6483 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6484 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6487 default_collect_info (void)
6489 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6491 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6492 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6494 if (!*default_collect
)
6497 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6499 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6501 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6505 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6507 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6509 default_collect_info ();
6513 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6515 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6516 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6518 if (num_printed
== 0)
6520 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6521 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6523 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6528 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6530 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6532 default_collect_info ();
6536 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6537 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6538 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6540 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6542 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6544 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6545 && bl
->address
== pc
6546 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6552 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6553 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6557 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6558 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6559 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6562 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6565 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6566 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6570 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6571 else /* if (others == ???) */
6572 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6574 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6577 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6578 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6579 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6580 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6581 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6582 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6583 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6584 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6586 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6590 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6592 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6593 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6594 printf_filtered (".\n");
6599 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6600 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6601 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6602 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6604 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6605 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6606 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6607 breakpoint at address zero:
6615 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6617 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6619 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6622 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6623 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6626 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6627 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6629 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6630 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6632 /* Both of them must exist. */
6633 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6634 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6636 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6637 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6638 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6639 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6640 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6641 other watchpoint. */
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6645 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6648 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6650 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6654 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6655 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6656 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6657 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6658 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6659 become hw_access locations later. */
6660 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6661 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6662 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6663 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6666 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6667 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6668 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6669 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6672 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6673 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6675 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6676 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6680 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6681 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6682 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6683 space doesn't really matter. */
6686 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6687 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6690 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6691 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6692 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6695 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6696 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6697 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6698 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6701 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6702 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6705 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6708 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6709 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6713 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6714 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6715 true, otherwise returns false. */
6718 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6719 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6721 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6722 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6723 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6724 different locations. */
6725 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6730 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6731 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6732 represent the same location. */
6735 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6736 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6738 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6740 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6741 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6742 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6744 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6745 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6747 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6750 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6751 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6752 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6754 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6755 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6756 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6757 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6761 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6762 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6764 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6765 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6769 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6770 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6772 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6773 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6775 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6778 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6779 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6780 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6781 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6784 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6785 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6787 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6789 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6792 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6793 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6794 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6795 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6796 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6798 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6799 have their addresses modified. */
6804 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6806 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6807 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6808 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6810 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6811 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6813 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6814 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6816 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6821 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6822 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6824 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6826 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6831 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6832 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6835 switch (owner
->type
)
6841 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6842 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6844 case bp_exception_resume
:
6845 case bp_step_resume
:
6846 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6847 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6849 case bp_std_terminate
:
6850 case bp_shlib_event
:
6851 case bp_thread_event
:
6852 case bp_overlay_event
:
6854 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6855 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6856 case bp_exception_master
:
6857 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6858 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6860 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6863 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6864 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6865 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6867 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6868 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6869 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6870 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6875 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6876 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6877 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6880 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6886 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6888 static struct bp_location
*
6889 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6891 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6895 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6897 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6901 /* Increment reference count. */
6904 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6909 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6910 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6913 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6915 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6917 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6918 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6922 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6925 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6927 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6929 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6930 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6932 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6934 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6943 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6946 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6947 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6949 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6951 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6953 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6957 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6958 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6959 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6961 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6964 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6966 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6967 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6968 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6969 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6972 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6973 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6975 static struct breakpoint
*
6976 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6978 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6980 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6982 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6983 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6987 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6988 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6992 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6994 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6996 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6997 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6998 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7001 const char *function_name
;
7002 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7004 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7005 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7007 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7009 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7011 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7012 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7013 &loc
->requested_address
))
7015 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7016 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7017 loc
->requested_address
,
7020 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7021 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7023 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7024 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7025 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7026 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7028 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7033 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7037 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7039 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7042 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7044 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7049 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7050 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7051 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7053 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7054 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7055 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7058 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7059 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7060 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7062 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7064 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7066 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7067 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7069 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7070 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7072 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7073 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7076 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7077 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7078 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7079 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7080 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7081 is also returned as the value of this function.
7083 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7084 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7085 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7086 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7087 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7088 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7089 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7092 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7093 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7094 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7096 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7098 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7099 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7104 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7105 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7107 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7109 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7111 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7113 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7114 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7115 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7116 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7117 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7118 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7122 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7123 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7124 initiated the operation. */
7127 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7129 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7130 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7132 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7133 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7134 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7135 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7137 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7138 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7139 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7141 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7142 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7144 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7145 after their removal. */
7146 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7147 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7148 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7151 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7154 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7156 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7158 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7161 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7163 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7164 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7169 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7171 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7174 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7176 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7177 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7181 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7182 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7183 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7187 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7189 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7192 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7194 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7196 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7197 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7198 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7200 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7202 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7205 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7206 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7207 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7208 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7214 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7215 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7218 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7219 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7223 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7225 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7228 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7230 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7232 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7233 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7234 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7235 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7238 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7240 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7242 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7243 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7244 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7246 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7251 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7256 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7258 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7259 update_global_location_list (1);
7260 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7265 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7270 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7272 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7273 update_global_location_list (0);
7274 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7278 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7279 master breakpoint. */
7281 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7283 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7286 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7287 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7289 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7290 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7294 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7296 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7298 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7301 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7302 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7306 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7308 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7311 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7313 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7314 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7316 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7318 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7324 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7326 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7329 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7330 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7331 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7334 struct lang_and_radix
7340 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7343 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7345 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7347 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7348 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7349 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7353 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7356 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7358 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7361 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7362 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7363 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7367 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7369 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7372 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7373 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7374 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7378 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7380 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7382 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7383 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7384 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7388 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7389 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7392 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7394 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7398 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7401 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7402 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7403 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7404 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7405 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7406 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7407 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7408 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7409 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7410 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7411 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7412 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7415 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7420 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7421 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7425 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7427 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7428 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7430 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7431 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7432 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7433 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7434 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7435 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7440 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7441 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7443 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7444 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7445 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7446 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7447 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7448 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7449 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7450 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7451 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7453 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7454 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7455 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7456 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7459 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7462 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7465 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7466 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7469 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7474 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7476 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7477 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7478 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7479 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7480 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7482 struct fork_catchpoint
7484 /* The base class. */
7485 struct breakpoint base
;
7487 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7488 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7489 catchpoint has triggered. */
7490 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7493 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7497 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7499 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7502 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7506 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7508 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7511 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7515 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7516 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7517 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7519 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7521 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7524 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7528 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7531 static enum print_stop_action
7532 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7534 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7535 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7536 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7538 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7539 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7550 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7556 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7560 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7562 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7563 struct value_print_options opts
;
7564 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7566 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7568 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7569 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7571 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7572 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7574 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7575 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7577 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7579 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7580 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7583 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7584 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7587 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7591 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7593 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7596 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7600 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7603 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7608 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7610 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7614 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7616 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7619 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7623 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7625 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7628 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7632 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7633 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7634 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7636 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7638 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7641 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7645 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7648 static enum print_stop_action
7649 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7651 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7652 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7653 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7655 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7656 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7663 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7667 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7669 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7677 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7679 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7680 struct value_print_options opts
;
7681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7683 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7684 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7685 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7687 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7688 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7690 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7691 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7693 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7694 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7695 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7696 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7703 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7707 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7712 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7716 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7719 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7722 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7724 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7726 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7727 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7728 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7729 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7730 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7732 struct solib_catchpoint
7734 /* The base class. */
7735 struct breakpoint base
;
7737 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7738 unsigned char is_load
;
7740 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7741 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7747 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7749 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7752 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7753 xfree (self
->regex
);
7755 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7759 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7765 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7771 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7772 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7774 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7776 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7777 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7779 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7784 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7786 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7789 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7792 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7795 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7797 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7806 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7808 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7809 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7814 struct so_list
*iter
;
7817 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7822 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7831 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7836 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7842 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7845 static enum print_stop_action
7846 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7849 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7851 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7852 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7856 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7857 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7859 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7860 print_solib_event (1);
7861 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7865 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7867 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7868 struct value_print_options opts
;
7869 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7872 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7873 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7874 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7876 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7886 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7888 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7893 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7895 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7902 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7906 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7908 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7910 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7911 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7915 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7917 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7920 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7921 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7929 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7930 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7931 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7932 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7933 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7934 created in an enabled state. */
7937 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7939 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7940 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7941 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7945 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7947 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7948 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7954 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7957 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7959 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7960 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7962 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7965 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7966 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7967 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7969 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7971 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7972 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7975 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7979 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7980 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7983 const int enabled
= 1;
7985 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7987 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7991 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7992 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7994 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7998 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7999 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8001 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8004 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8005 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8006 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8007 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8008 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8010 struct syscall_catchpoint
8012 /* The base class. */
8013 struct breakpoint base
;
8015 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8016 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8017 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8018 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8019 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8022 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8026 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8028 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8030 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8032 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8035 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8037 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8039 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8040 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8041 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8043 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8044 int any_syscall_count
;
8046 /* Count of each system call. */
8047 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8049 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8050 if any catching is necessary. */
8051 int total_syscalls_count
;
8054 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8055 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8057 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8059 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8060 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8062 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8063 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8070 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8076 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8080 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8082 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8083 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8087 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8088 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8089 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8095 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8100 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8102 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8103 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8104 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8106 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8107 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8108 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8110 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8111 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8113 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8114 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8118 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8119 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8120 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8122 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8124 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8127 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8131 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8133 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8134 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8135 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8136 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8138 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8139 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8140 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8146 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8150 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8151 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8153 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8154 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8158 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8159 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8160 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8162 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8164 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8167 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8171 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8172 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8173 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8175 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8176 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8177 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8178 int syscall_number
= 0;
8179 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8180 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8182 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8183 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8186 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8188 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8189 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8194 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8196 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8206 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 static enum print_stop_action
8210 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8213 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8214 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8215 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8216 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8217 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8219 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8222 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8224 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8226 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8228 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8235 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8237 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8238 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8242 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8245 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8247 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8257 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8261 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8262 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8265 struct value_print_options opts
;
8266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8268 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8269 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8270 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8272 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8276 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8277 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8278 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8282 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8285 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8288 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8293 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8296 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8298 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8300 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8301 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8305 /* Remove the last comma. */
8306 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8313 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8317 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8321 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8323 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8325 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8329 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8335 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8339 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8342 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8344 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8346 printf_filtered (")");
8349 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8353 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8357 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8359 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8363 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8368 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8373 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8380 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8387 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8390 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8392 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8395 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8396 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8397 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8398 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8401 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8402 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8404 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8406 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8409 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8411 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8413 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8414 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8418 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8420 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8421 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8422 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8423 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8426 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8429 update_global_location_list (1);
8433 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8434 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8435 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8437 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8439 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8441 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8443 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8446 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8448 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8449 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8450 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8451 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8452 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8454 struct exec_catchpoint
8456 /* The base class. */
8457 struct breakpoint base
;
8459 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8460 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8462 char *exec_pathname
;
8465 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8469 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8471 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8473 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8475 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8479 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8481 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8485 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8487 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8491 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8492 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8493 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8495 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8497 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8500 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8504 static enum print_stop_action
8505 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8507 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8508 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8509 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8511 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8512 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8522 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8531 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8533 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8534 struct value_print_options opts
;
8535 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8537 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8539 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8540 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8541 is relatively readable). */
8542 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8543 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8545 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8546 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8548 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8554 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8558 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8560 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8563 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8567 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8570 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8573 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8576 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8577 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8579 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8580 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8582 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8583 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8584 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8586 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8590 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8593 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8594 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8598 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8599 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8601 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8603 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8610 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8614 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8622 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8624 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8626 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8632 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8633 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8634 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8635 types _not_ TYPE. */
8638 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8639 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8644 *other_type_used
= 0;
8649 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8652 if (b
->type
== type
)
8653 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8654 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8655 *other_type_used
= 1;
8662 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8668 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8670 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8671 update_global_location_list (0);
8677 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8683 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8685 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8686 update_global_location_list (1);
8692 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8694 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8695 update_global_location_list (0);
8699 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8701 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8702 breakpoint_re_set ();
8706 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8707 at address specified by SAL.
8708 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8711 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8712 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8714 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8716 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8718 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8720 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8721 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8722 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8723 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8725 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8726 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8728 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8729 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8731 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8736 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8737 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8740 static struct breakpoint
*
8741 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8743 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8745 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8747 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8748 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8749 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8751 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8752 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8753 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8754 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8755 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8756 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8757 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8758 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8759 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8760 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8761 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8763 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8764 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8765 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8767 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8771 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8775 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8777 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8781 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8785 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8788 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8790 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8792 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8793 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8795 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8799 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8802 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8804 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8807 printf_filtered ("\n");
8811 static struct bp_location
*
8812 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8813 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8815 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8816 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8817 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8819 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8820 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8822 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8823 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8824 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8825 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8826 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8827 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8828 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8831 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8832 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8833 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8834 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8839 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8840 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8841 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8842 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8843 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8844 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8845 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8846 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8847 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8849 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8850 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8855 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8856 return 0 otherwise. */
8859 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8863 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8864 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8865 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8868 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8870 addr
= loc
->address
;
8871 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8873 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8877 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8879 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8880 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8881 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8882 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8884 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8885 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8887 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8888 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8891 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8896 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8897 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8900 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8902 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8903 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8908 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8910 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8912 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8914 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8916 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8917 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8919 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8920 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8921 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8923 if (!dprintf_function
)
8924 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8926 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8927 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8932 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8936 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8938 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8939 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8942 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8943 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8947 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8948 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8950 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8951 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8953 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8955 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8957 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8958 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8959 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8960 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8961 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8962 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8965 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8966 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8967 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8968 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8969 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8970 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8972 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8976 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8977 current style settings. */
8980 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8981 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8983 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8987 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8988 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8992 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8993 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8994 as condition expression. */
8997 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8999 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9001 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9002 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9003 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9004 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9005 int display_canonical
)
9009 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9011 int target_resources_ok
;
9013 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9014 target_resources_ok
=
9015 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9017 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9018 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9019 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9020 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9023 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9025 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9027 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9028 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9032 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9034 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9036 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9037 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9042 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9046 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9047 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9048 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9049 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9050 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9052 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9053 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9055 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9057 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9058 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9060 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9062 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9063 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9064 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9068 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9070 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9072 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9073 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9075 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9077 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9079 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9081 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9082 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9084 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9086 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9089 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9090 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9097 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9098 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9102 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9103 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9107 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9109 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9110 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9112 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9115 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9116 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9117 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9119 if (b
->extra_string
)
9120 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9122 error (_("Format string required"));
9124 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9125 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9128 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9130 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9132 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9135 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9140 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9142 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9144 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9145 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9147 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9148 int display_canonical
)
9150 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9151 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9153 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9155 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9157 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9161 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9163 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9165 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9167 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9169 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9171 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9173 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9175 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9178 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9179 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9180 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9181 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9182 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9183 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9184 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9185 we take just a single condition string.
9187 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9188 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9189 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9190 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9191 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9194 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9195 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9196 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9197 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9198 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9199 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9200 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9203 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9205 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9206 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9208 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9210 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9211 'break', without arguments. */
9212 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9213 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9215 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9216 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9218 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9219 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9222 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9224 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9225 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9226 canonical
->special_display
);
9227 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9231 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9232 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9233 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9234 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9236 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9237 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9240 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9241 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9243 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9245 if ((*address
) == NULL
9246 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9248 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9250 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9252 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9253 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9256 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9257 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9258 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9260 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9261 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9262 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9263 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9264 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9265 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9267 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9269 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9270 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9271 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9272 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9273 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9275 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9277 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9278 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9279 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9281 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9284 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9288 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9290 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9291 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9292 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9293 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9295 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9296 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9297 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9299 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9300 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9301 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9302 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9303 get_last_displayed_line (),
9304 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9306 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9307 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9312 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9313 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9316 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9320 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9321 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9324 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9325 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9326 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9327 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9328 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9332 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9333 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9336 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9338 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9340 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9342 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9344 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9346 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9347 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9348 associated with SAL. */
9351 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9353 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9356 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9357 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9359 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9363 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9365 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9366 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9368 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9371 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9372 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9373 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9374 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9375 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9376 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9379 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9380 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9383 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9390 const char *end_tok
;
9392 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9393 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9395 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9397 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9399 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9403 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9405 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9407 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9409 struct expression
*expr
;
9411 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9412 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9415 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9417 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9422 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9424 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9425 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9426 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9429 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9434 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9436 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9437 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9438 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9443 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9451 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9453 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9454 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9456 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9457 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9458 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9459 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9464 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9466 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9468 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9469 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9471 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9472 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9473 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9475 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9476 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9478 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9480 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9482 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9484 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9486 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9487 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9489 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9492 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9498 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9499 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9500 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9501 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9502 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9503 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9504 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9505 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9506 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9507 was created; false otherwise. */
9510 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9511 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9512 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9514 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9516 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9517 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9518 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9521 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9522 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9523 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9524 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9525 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9526 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9529 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9531 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9533 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9535 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9537 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9538 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9541 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9545 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9551 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9553 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9556 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9557 throw_exception (e
);
9559 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9561 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9562 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9563 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9564 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9565 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9568 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9569 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9570 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9571 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9573 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9575 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9576 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9577 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9578 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9579 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9581 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9585 throw_exception (e
);
9589 throw_exception (e
);
9592 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9593 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9595 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9596 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9597 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9598 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9599 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9601 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9602 are ok for the target. */
9606 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9608 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9609 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9612 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9613 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9616 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9618 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9619 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9622 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9623 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9627 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9629 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9634 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9635 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9636 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9637 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9639 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9640 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9642 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9644 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9646 extra_string
= rest
;
9651 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9653 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9656 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9657 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9659 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9662 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9667 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9668 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9669 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9670 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9671 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9677 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9679 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9681 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9683 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9687 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9689 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9691 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9693 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9696 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9699 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9700 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9702 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9704 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9705 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9706 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9707 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9708 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9709 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9710 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9711 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9713 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9716 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9718 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9719 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9720 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9723 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9725 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9726 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9727 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9729 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9730 update_global_location_list (1);
9735 /* Set a breakpoint.
9736 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9737 condition, and thread.
9738 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9739 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9743 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9745 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9746 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9747 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9749 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9750 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9752 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9753 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9754 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9756 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9758 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9760 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9761 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9762 0 /* Ignore count */,
9763 pending_break_support
,
9771 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9774 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9778 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9780 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9781 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9782 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9785 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9786 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9787 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9788 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9791 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9793 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9797 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9800 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9803 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9804 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9808 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9809 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9810 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9811 happen in assembly source). */
9813 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9814 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9816 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9818 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9820 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9822 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9829 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9831 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9835 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9837 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9841 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9843 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9847 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9849 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9853 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9855 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9856 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9857 stop at <line>\n"));
9861 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9865 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9867 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9872 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9873 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9874 function/method name. */
9875 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9877 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9882 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9884 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9890 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9894 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9898 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9905 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9906 it is probably a line number. */
9907 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9909 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9914 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9916 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9920 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9922 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9925 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9926 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9927 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9931 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9933 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9935 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9937 0 /* Ignore count */,
9938 pending_break_support
,
9939 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9947 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9949 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9952 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9953 ranged breakpoints. */
9956 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9957 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9959 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9961 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9962 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9965 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9966 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9973 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9975 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9978 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9981 static enum print_stop_action
9982 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9984 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9985 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9988 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9991 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9993 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9994 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9997 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10002 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10004 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10005 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10007 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10010 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10011 ranged breakpoints. */
10014 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10015 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10017 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10018 struct value_print_options opts
;
10019 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10022 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10024 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10026 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10027 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10028 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10029 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10030 annotate_field (5);
10031 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10035 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10036 ranged breakpoints. */
10039 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10040 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10042 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10043 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10044 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10045 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10049 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10050 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10053 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10054 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10055 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10056 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10059 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10062 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10063 ranged breakpoints. */
10066 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10068 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10069 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10072 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10077 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10078 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10079 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10082 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10083 ranged breakpoints. */
10086 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10089 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10090 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10093 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10095 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10097 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10098 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10099 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10100 last instruction of the given line. */
10103 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10107 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10108 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10109 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10116 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10118 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10120 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10127 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10130 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10132 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10133 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10134 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10136 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10137 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10138 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10139 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10141 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10142 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10143 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10145 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10146 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10147 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10149 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10150 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10152 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10153 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10154 error(_("No address range specified."));
10156 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10159 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10161 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10164 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10165 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10168 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10171 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10172 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10174 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10175 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10176 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10178 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10179 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10181 /* Parse the end location. */
10183 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10186 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10187 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10188 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10189 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10190 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10191 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10192 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10193 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10195 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10197 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10198 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10200 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10201 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10202 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10203 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10205 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10206 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10207 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10209 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10210 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10211 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10213 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10215 /* Length overflowed. */
10216 error (_("Address range too large."));
10217 else if (length
== 1)
10219 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10220 the `hbreak' command. */
10221 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10223 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10228 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10229 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10230 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10231 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10232 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10233 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10234 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10235 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10236 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10238 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10241 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10242 update_global_location_list (1);
10245 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10246 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10247 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10251 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10253 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10259 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10260 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10263 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10273 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10274 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10275 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10276 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10277 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10279 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10308 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10311 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10312 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10317 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10318 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10319 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10320 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10321 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10322 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10323 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10325 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10326 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10331 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10333 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10334 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10335 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10336 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10338 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10339 are always constant. */
10341 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10343 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10344 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10345 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10350 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10351 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10352 then it is not a constant. */
10361 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10364 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10366 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10368 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10370 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10371 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10372 value_free (w
->val
);
10374 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10377 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10380 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10382 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10384 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10385 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10387 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10388 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10389 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10390 are loaded and unloaded.
10392 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10393 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10394 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10395 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10396 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10397 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10399 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10400 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10401 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10402 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10404 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10405 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10407 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10408 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10409 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10412 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10415 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10417 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10418 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10420 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10424 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10427 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10430 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10432 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10437 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10438 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10439 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10441 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10442 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10444 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10445 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10446 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10447 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10448 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10449 (did not match the data address). */
10450 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10451 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10458 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10460 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10462 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10465 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10466 hardware watchpoints. */
10469 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10471 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10472 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10474 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10477 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10478 hardware watchpoints. */
10481 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10483 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10484 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10487 static enum print_stop_action
10488 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10490 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10491 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10492 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10493 enum print_stop_action result
;
10494 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10495 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10497 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10499 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10500 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10502 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10503 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10507 case bp_watchpoint
:
10508 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10509 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10510 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10511 ui_out_field_string
10513 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10515 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10517 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10518 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10520 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10521 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10523 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10524 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10527 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10528 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10529 ui_out_field_string
10531 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10533 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10534 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10535 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10536 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10538 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10541 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10542 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10544 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10546 ui_out_field_string
10548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10550 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10551 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10552 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10553 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10554 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10559 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10560 ui_out_field_string
10562 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10563 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10566 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10567 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10568 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10569 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10572 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10575 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10579 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10583 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10585 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10586 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10587 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10591 case bp_watchpoint
:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10595 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10599 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10603 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10604 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10605 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10608 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10609 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10612 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10613 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10615 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10618 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10622 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10624 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10628 case bp_watchpoint
:
10629 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10632 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10635 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10639 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10640 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10644 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10647 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10649 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10651 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10652 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10655 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10657 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10659 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10660 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10663 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10667 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10669 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10671 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10672 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10675 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10676 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10679 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10681 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10683 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10686 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10687 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10690 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10695 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10696 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10698 static enum print_stop_action
10699 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10701 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10702 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10704 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10705 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10709 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10710 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10712 ui_out_field_string
10714 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10717 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10724 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10731 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10737 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10738 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10739 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10741 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10742 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10745 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10749 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10750 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10752 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10754 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10755 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10758 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10762 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10766 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10768 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10769 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10770 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10774 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10782 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10783 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10784 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10787 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10792 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10793 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10794 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10797 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10801 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10803 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10811 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10814 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10818 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10819 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10822 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10824 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10827 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10829 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10831 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10834 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10836 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10839 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10840 hw_read: watch read,
10841 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10843 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10844 int just_location
, int internal
)
10846 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10847 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10848 struct expression
*exp
;
10849 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10850 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10851 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10852 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10853 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10854 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10856 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10857 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10858 enum bptype bp_type
;
10861 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10862 the hardware watchpoint. */
10864 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10865 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10867 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10869 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10870 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10872 const char *value_start
;
10874 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10876 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10877 of the arguments string. */
10878 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10880 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10881 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10884 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10885 This is the value of the parameter. */
10886 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10888 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10890 /* Skip whitespace. */
10891 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10896 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10897 This is the parameter itself. */
10898 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10901 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10903 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10905 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10906 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10907 only in a specific thread. */
10911 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10913 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10914 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10916 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10918 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10919 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10921 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10922 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10923 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10925 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10927 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10928 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10930 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10933 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10935 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10937 mark
= value_mark ();
10938 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10939 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10940 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10943 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10946 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10947 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10954 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10955 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10957 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10958 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10959 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10960 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10961 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10963 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10964 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10966 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10969 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10970 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10974 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10975 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10977 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10980 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10981 mark
= value_mark ();
10982 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10988 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10989 val
= value_addr (result
);
10990 release_value (val
);
10991 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10995 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10998 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10999 else if (ret
== -2)
11000 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11003 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11004 release_value (val
);
11006 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11007 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11009 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11010 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11012 struct expression
*cond
;
11014 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11015 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11016 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11018 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11019 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11020 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11026 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11028 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11029 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11030 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11031 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11033 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11035 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11037 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11038 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11039 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11040 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11041 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11043 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11046 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11047 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11048 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11049 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11051 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11053 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11054 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11056 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11057 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11059 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11060 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11062 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11063 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11064 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11065 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11066 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11067 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11071 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11073 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11077 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11079 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11080 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11081 b
->thread
= thread
;
11082 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11083 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11085 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11086 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11089 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11090 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11093 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11094 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11096 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11097 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11100 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11101 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11103 /* The above expression is in C. */
11104 b
->language
= language_c
;
11107 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11111 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11120 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11122 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11126 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11127 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11131 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11132 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11135 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11137 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11138 need to act on them together. */
11139 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11140 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11143 if (!just_location
)
11144 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11146 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11148 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11149 that should be inserted. */
11150 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11154 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11155 throw_exception (e
);
11158 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11159 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11162 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11163 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11166 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11168 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11169 struct value
*head
= v
;
11171 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11172 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11175 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11176 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11177 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11178 hardware watchpoint.
11180 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11181 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11182 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11183 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11184 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11185 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11186 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11187 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11188 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11190 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11191 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11192 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11193 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11194 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11196 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11198 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11199 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11200 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11201 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11202 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11203 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11207 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11208 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11209 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11211 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11212 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11213 middle of some value chain. */
11215 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11216 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11218 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11222 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11223 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11224 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11226 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11230 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11234 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11235 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11236 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11237 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11238 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11241 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11242 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11243 return found_memory_cnt
;
11247 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11249 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11252 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11253 calls watch_command_1. */
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11258 int just_location
= 0;
11261 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11262 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11264 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11268 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11272 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11274 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11278 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11280 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11284 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11286 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11290 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11292 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11296 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11298 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11302 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11303 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11305 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11307 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11308 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11312 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11313 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11314 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11317 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11319 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11321 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11322 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11323 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11324 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11328 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11330 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11331 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11332 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11333 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11334 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11335 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11336 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11337 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11338 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11340 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11342 clear_proceed_status ();
11344 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11347 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11348 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11349 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11350 get_last_displayed_line ());
11352 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11353 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11355 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11356 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11358 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11359 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11362 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11366 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11369 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11371 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11372 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11373 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11376 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11377 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11378 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11379 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11381 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11384 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11386 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11388 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11389 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11390 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11394 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11396 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11397 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11400 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11404 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11405 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11406 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11407 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11409 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11410 only at the very same frame. */
11411 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11412 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11413 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11415 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11417 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11418 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11419 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11420 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11422 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11425 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11427 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11428 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11429 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11431 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11432 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11433 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11437 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11440 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11441 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11443 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11444 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11445 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11446 if clause in the arg string. */
11449 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11453 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11456 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11459 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11460 condition string. */
11461 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11462 cond_string
= *arg
;
11464 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11466 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11468 return cond_string
;
11471 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11472 process start/exit, etc. */
11476 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11477 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11482 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11483 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11485 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11486 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11487 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11490 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11491 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11492 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11496 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11498 /* The allowed syntax is:
11500 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11502 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11503 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11505 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11506 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11508 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11509 and enable reporting of such events. */
11512 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11513 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11515 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11517 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11518 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11519 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11520 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11523 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11529 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11530 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11532 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11533 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11535 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11537 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11541 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11543 /* The allowed syntax is:
11545 catch exec if <cond>
11547 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11548 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11550 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11553 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11554 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11555 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11556 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11558 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11562 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11563 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11564 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11566 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11572 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11574 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11576 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11577 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11578 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11579 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11580 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11581 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11582 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11583 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11584 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11585 enough for now, though. */
11588 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11590 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11591 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11592 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11593 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11596 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11597 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11599 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11601 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11602 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11604 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11606 int i
, syscall_number
;
11608 char cur_name
[128];
11611 /* Skip whitespace. */
11612 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11614 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11615 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11616 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11619 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11620 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11621 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11622 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11625 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11627 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11629 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11630 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11631 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11632 syscall number to be caught. */
11633 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11636 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11637 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11640 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11644 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11647 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11648 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11653 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11655 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11656 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11657 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11658 this architecture yet."));
11660 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11662 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11664 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11665 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11666 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11667 for his/her architecture. */
11668 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11670 /* The allowed syntax is:
11672 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11674 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11677 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11681 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11682 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11686 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11688 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11693 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11695 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11698 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11701 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11703 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11704 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11705 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11706 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11708 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11710 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11713 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11717 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11720 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11723 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11725 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11726 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11729 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11730 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11732 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11736 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11737 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11738 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11739 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11744 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11745 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11746 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11747 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11749 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11750 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11751 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11752 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11753 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11754 error (_("No source file specified."));
11756 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11762 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11763 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11764 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11765 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11767 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11768 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11769 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11770 due to optimization, all in one block.
11772 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11773 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11774 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11775 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11776 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11777 to support that. */
11779 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11780 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11781 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11785 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11786 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11788 const char *sal_fullname
;
11790 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11791 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11792 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11795 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11800 1 0 <can't happen> */
11802 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11803 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11804 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11806 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11810 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11811 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11813 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11814 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11816 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11817 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11818 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11820 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11821 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11822 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11823 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11824 int line_match
= 0;
11826 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11827 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11828 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11829 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11830 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11831 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11832 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11835 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11844 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11848 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11849 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11852 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11854 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11857 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11858 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11859 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11860 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11861 compare_breakpoints
);
11862 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11863 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11867 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11872 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11873 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11876 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11877 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11879 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11882 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11885 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11886 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11889 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11891 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11894 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11895 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11896 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11899 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11901 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11903 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11904 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11905 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11907 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11911 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11912 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11916 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11917 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11918 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11919 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11920 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11921 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11924 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11926 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11927 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11928 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11929 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11930 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11932 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11933 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11935 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11936 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11939 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11940 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11941 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11943 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11944 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11945 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11947 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11948 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11949 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11951 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11952 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11953 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11955 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11958 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11959 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11960 content of the bp_location array. */
11963 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11965 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11967 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11968 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11970 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11972 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11974 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11977 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11978 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11980 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11981 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11982 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11983 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11985 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11987 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11988 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11989 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11990 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11994 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11997 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12000 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12002 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12005 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12007 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12009 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12010 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12011 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12013 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12014 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12015 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12018 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12020 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12021 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12022 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12023 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12026 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12028 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12031 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12033 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12034 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12035 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12036 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12039 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12042 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12045 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12047 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12048 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12049 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12050 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12052 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12053 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12054 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12055 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12056 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12058 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12059 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12060 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12061 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12062 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12063 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12064 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12065 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12068 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12069 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12070 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12074 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12076 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12077 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12078 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12081 address
= bl
->address
;
12082 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12084 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12085 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12086 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12092 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12093 the same program space as the location
12094 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12095 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12100 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12101 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12104 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12105 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12106 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12107 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12108 that have already been marked. */
12109 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12111 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12113 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12115 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12116 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12121 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12122 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12123 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12124 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12125 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12126 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12127 returns true on them.
12129 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12130 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12131 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12132 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12133 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12134 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12137 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12139 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12140 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12141 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12142 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12143 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12144 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12145 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12147 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12148 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12149 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12150 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12151 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12153 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12154 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12155 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12156 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12158 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12159 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12160 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12161 unsigned old_location_count
;
12163 old_location
= bp_location
;
12164 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12165 bp_location
= NULL
;
12166 bp_location_count
= 0;
12167 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12170 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12171 bp_location_count
++;
12173 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12174 locp
= bp_location
;
12175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12176 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12178 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12179 bp_location_compare
);
12181 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12183 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12184 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12185 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12186 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12187 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12190 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12191 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12193 locp
= bp_location
;
12194 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12197 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12198 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12200 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12201 not, we have to free it. */
12202 int found_object
= 0;
12203 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12204 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12207 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12208 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12209 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12210 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12214 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12215 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12218 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12219 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12220 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12222 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12223 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12224 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12226 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12227 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12230 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12234 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12235 have to go through updates again. */
12236 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12238 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12240 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12242 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12243 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12244 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12245 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12246 at certain location is not inserted. */
12248 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12250 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12253 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12255 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12256 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12257 keep_in_target
= 1;
12261 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12262 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12263 remove its target-side condition. */
12265 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12266 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12267 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12268 this one from the target. */
12270 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12271 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12274 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12275 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12278 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12280 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12282 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12283 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12284 supported, but the latter are. */
12285 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12287 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12288 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12291 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12292 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12294 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12295 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12297 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12298 keep_in_target
= 1;
12306 if (!keep_in_target
)
12308 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12310 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12311 this location on the global list, and try to
12312 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12313 reason why we will succeed next time.
12315 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12316 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12317 only after calling us. */
12318 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12319 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12320 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12328 if (removed
&& non_stop
12329 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12330 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12332 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12333 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12334 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12335 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12336 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12337 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12338 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12339 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12340 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12341 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12342 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12343 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12344 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12345 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12348 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12349 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12351 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12352 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12353 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12354 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12355 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12356 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12357 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12358 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12359 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12360 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12361 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12362 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12363 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12366 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12367 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12368 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12369 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12371 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12372 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12373 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12374 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12375 traps we can no longer explain. */
12377 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12378 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12380 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12384 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12385 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12390 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12391 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12392 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12393 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12394 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12395 are sorted first for the same address.
12397 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12398 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12400 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12401 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12402 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12403 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12406 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12408 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12411 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12412 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12413 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12414 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12415 `struct bp_location'. */
12416 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12418 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12419 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12423 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12424 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12425 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12426 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12427 "actually inserted"));
12429 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12430 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12431 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12432 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12433 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12434 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12436 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12438 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12439 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12440 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12442 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12443 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12445 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12447 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12448 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12449 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12455 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12456 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12457 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12459 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12460 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12462 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12463 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12465 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12466 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12467 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12468 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12469 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12472 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12473 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12474 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12477 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12480 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12481 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12482 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12484 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12489 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12491 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12495 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12497 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12500 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12501 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12503 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12504 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12510 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12512 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12514 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12515 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12518 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12521 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12525 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12526 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12528 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12529 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12530 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12534 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12536 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12538 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12540 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12544 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12548 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12550 struct value_print_options opts
;
12552 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12554 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12556 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12558 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12562 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12564 printf_filtered (" at ");
12565 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12568 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12570 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12572 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12573 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12574 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12575 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12577 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12578 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12579 real situation somewhat. */
12580 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12585 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12587 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12589 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12594 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12597 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12599 xfree (self
->cond
);
12600 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12601 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12602 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12605 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12610 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12614 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12616 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12617 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12618 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12619 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12620 xfree (self
->filter
);
12621 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12624 static struct bp_location
*
12625 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12627 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12629 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12630 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12635 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12637 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12640 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12641 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12644 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12646 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12650 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12652 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12656 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12657 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12659 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12661 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12665 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12670 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12674 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12679 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12683 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12688 static enum print_stop_action
12689 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12695 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12696 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12702 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12708 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12714 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12715 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12716 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12724 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12725 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12726 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12728 char *extra_string
,
12729 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12730 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12732 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12733 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12734 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12735 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12741 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12742 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12744 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12747 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12749 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12750 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12752 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12755 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12757 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12758 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12759 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12760 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12761 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12762 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12763 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12764 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12765 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12766 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12768 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12769 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12770 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12771 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12772 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12773 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12774 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12777 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12780 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12782 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12783 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12785 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12786 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12790 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12794 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12796 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12797 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12800 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12805 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12807 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12808 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12810 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12814 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12815 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12816 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12818 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12819 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12822 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12826 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12827 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12828 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12835 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12837 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12842 static enum print_stop_action
12843 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12845 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12846 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12848 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12850 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12852 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12853 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12855 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12856 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12857 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12860 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12862 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12867 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12869 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12871 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12872 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12874 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12878 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12885 case bp_breakpoint
:
12886 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12887 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12888 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12890 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12891 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12892 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12893 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12896 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12899 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12907 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12909 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12911 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12913 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12914 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12916 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12919 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12920 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12923 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12927 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12928 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12929 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12930 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12932 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12933 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12937 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12938 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12939 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12941 char *extra_string
,
12942 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12943 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12945 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12946 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12947 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12948 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12950 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12951 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12953 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12954 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12955 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12959 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12960 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12962 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12965 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12968 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12972 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12973 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12974 case bp_overlay_event
:
12975 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12976 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12977 case bp_exception_master
:
12978 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12981 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12982 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12983 case bp_shlib_event
:
12985 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12986 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12987 case bp_thread_event
:
12993 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12995 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12997 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12998 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12999 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13000 objects (among other things). */
13001 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13002 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13008 static enum print_stop_action
13009 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13011 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13013 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13017 case bp_shlib_event
:
13018 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13019 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13020 to shlib event" message.) */
13021 print_solib_event (0);
13024 case bp_thread_event
:
13025 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13026 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13027 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13030 case bp_overlay_event
:
13031 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13032 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13035 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13036 /* These should never be enabled. */
13037 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13040 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13041 /* These should never be enabled. */
13042 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13043 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13046 case bp_exception_master
:
13047 /* These should never be enabled. */
13048 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13049 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13053 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13057 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13059 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13062 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13065 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13067 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13068 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13069 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13070 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13074 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13076 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13079 static enum print_stop_action
13080 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13082 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13086 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13091 ui_out_field_string
13093 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13097 ui_out_field_string
13099 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13104 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13108 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13110 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13113 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13115 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13116 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13119 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13121 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13124 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13126 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13129 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13132 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13134 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13138 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13140 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13147 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13149 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13150 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13152 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13156 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13157 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13158 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13159 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13161 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13163 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13165 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13166 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13168 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13172 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13173 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13175 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13177 error (_("probe not found"));
13180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13183 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13185 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13189 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13190 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13191 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13193 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13199 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13200 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13202 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13203 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13205 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13207 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13208 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13209 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13210 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13215 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13222 case bp_tracepoint
:
13223 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13224 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13226 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13227 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13228 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13230 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13231 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13235 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13236 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13243 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13245 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13247 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13249 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13250 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13251 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13254 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13255 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13258 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13260 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13265 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13266 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13267 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13268 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13270 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13271 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13275 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13276 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13277 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13279 char *extra_string
,
13280 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13281 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13283 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13284 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13285 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13286 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13288 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13289 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13291 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13292 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13293 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13297 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13298 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13300 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13303 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13309 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13310 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13311 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13312 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13314 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13315 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13316 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13320 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13321 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13323 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13324 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13327 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13329 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13332 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13334 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13336 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13337 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13338 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13339 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13341 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13342 error (_("Format string required"));
13344 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13345 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13346 3 - disconnect from target 1
13347 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13349 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13350 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13351 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13352 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13353 it all the time. */
13354 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13355 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13358 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13361 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13365 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13368 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13372 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13373 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13374 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13375 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13377 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13379 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13381 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13383 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13384 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13385 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13389 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13390 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13391 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13393 char *extra_string
,
13394 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13395 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13397 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13398 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13399 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13400 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13404 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13405 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13406 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13407 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13408 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13409 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13411 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13413 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13414 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13415 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13418 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13419 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13421 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13422 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13424 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13425 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13427 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13428 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13429 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13430 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13431 canonical
->special_display
);
13432 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13433 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13434 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13435 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13436 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13437 corresponds to this one */
13438 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13440 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13442 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13447 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13448 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13450 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13452 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13453 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13455 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13459 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13462 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13465 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13467 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13470 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13474 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13478 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13480 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13481 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13484 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13485 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13486 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13487 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13488 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13491 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13492 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13493 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13494 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13496 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13499 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13500 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13501 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13503 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13504 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13506 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13507 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13508 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13509 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13513 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13515 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13516 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13517 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13518 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13519 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13522 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13523 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13524 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13525 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13527 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13529 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13530 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13533 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13535 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13539 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13541 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13542 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13543 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13544 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13545 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13546 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13547 commands won't work. */
13549 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13551 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13552 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13553 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13554 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13555 might be better design to have location completely
13556 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13557 update_global_location_list (0);
13559 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13560 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13561 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13562 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13567 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13569 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13573 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13575 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13578 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13579 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13582 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13583 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13587 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13592 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13594 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13595 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13597 if (next
== related
)
13599 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13600 function (related
, data
);
13602 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13603 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13608 function (related
, data
);
13612 while (related
!= b
);
13616 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13618 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13621 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13622 delete_breakpoint. */
13625 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13627 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13631 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13633 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13639 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13641 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13642 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13643 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13645 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13647 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13651 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13653 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13656 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13657 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13661 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13665 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13667 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13668 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13669 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13674 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13675 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13676 Null names are ignored. */
13679 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13681 struct bp_location
*l
;
13682 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13683 (int (*) (const void *,
13684 const void *)) streq
,
13685 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13687 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13690 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13692 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13696 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13698 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13702 htab_delete (htab
);
13708 htab_delete (htab
);
13712 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13713 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13714 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13715 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13716 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13717 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13718 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13719 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13722 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13723 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13724 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13725 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13726 in the sources, and output a warning.
13728 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13729 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13730 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13731 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13732 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13735 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13736 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13737 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13738 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13739 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13740 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13741 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13742 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13743 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13745 static struct symtab_and_line
13746 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13748 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13749 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13754 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13756 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13758 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13759 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13761 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13763 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13764 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13765 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13770 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13772 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13774 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13775 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13777 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13780 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13782 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13784 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13785 struct symbol
*sym
;
13786 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13787 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13789 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13791 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13792 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13794 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13795 "found at previous line number"),
13796 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13800 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13802 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13803 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13804 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13807 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13808 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13809 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13811 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13812 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13813 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13817 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13819 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13822 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13823 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13825 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13826 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13828 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13829 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13830 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13831 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13833 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13836 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13842 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13843 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13846 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13850 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13853 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13856 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13863 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13869 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13870 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13871 a ranged breakpoint. */
13874 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13875 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13876 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13879 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13881 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13883 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13885 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13886 update_global_location_list (1);
13887 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13888 "multiple locations found\n"),
13893 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13894 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13895 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13896 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13897 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13898 individual locations. */
13899 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13904 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13906 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13908 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13910 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13912 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13914 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13917 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13919 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13920 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13922 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13923 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13928 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13929 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13930 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13931 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13935 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13937 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13939 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13943 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13944 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13945 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13947 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13950 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13951 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13952 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13953 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13954 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13955 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13956 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13958 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13960 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13962 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13963 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13965 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13966 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13974 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13975 if (l
->function_name
13976 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13986 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13989 update_global_location_list (1);
13992 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13993 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13995 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13996 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
13999 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14000 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14002 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14005 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14007 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14011 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14012 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14013 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14014 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14015 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14016 state, then user already saw the message about that
14017 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14019 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14020 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14021 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14022 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14023 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14024 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14026 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14028 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14029 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14030 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14031 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14032 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14033 which approach is better. */
14034 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14035 throw_exception (e
);
14039 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14043 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14044 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14045 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14047 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14050 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14051 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14054 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14055 b
->thread
= thread
;
14058 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14059 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14062 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14063 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14073 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14074 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14078 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14081 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14082 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14083 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14085 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14088 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14092 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14094 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14097 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14098 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14102 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14105 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14106 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14109 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14110 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14111 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14112 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14114 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14117 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14118 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14122 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14123 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14124 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14126 char *extra_string
,
14127 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14128 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14130 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14132 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14133 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14135 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14137 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14138 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14139 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14142 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14143 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14146 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14147 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14149 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14151 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14152 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14153 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14154 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14157 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14158 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14160 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14162 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14164 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14165 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14166 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14168 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14171 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14174 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14176 static struct cleanup
*
14177 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14179 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14181 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14182 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14183 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14184 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14185 set_language (b
->language
);
14190 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14191 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14192 Unused in this case. */
14195 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14197 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14198 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14199 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14201 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14202 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14203 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14207 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14209 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14211 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14212 enum language save_language
;
14213 int save_input_radix
;
14214 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14216 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14217 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14218 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14220 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14222 /* Format possible error msg. */
14223 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14225 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14226 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14227 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14229 set_language (save_language
);
14230 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14232 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14234 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14236 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14237 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14238 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14239 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14242 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14244 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14245 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14247 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14249 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14251 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14252 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14254 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14255 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14256 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14258 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14262 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14263 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14264 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14267 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14269 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14275 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14277 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14279 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14280 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14285 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14289 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14290 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14292 else if (count
== 1)
14293 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14296 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14297 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14304 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14307 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14310 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14316 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14318 num
= get_number (&p
);
14320 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14322 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14324 set_ignore_count (num
,
14325 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14328 printf_filtered ("\n");
14331 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14332 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14335 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14340 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14342 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14345 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14347 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14349 while (!state
.finished
)
14351 char *p
= state
.string
;
14355 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14358 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14363 if (b
->number
== num
)
14366 function (b
, data
);
14370 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14375 static struct bp_location
*
14376 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14378 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14382 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14383 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14388 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14390 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14393 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14398 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14399 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14402 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14404 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14408 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14411 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14417 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14418 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14419 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14422 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14424 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14425 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14426 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14427 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14430 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14431 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14434 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14436 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14437 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14439 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14440 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14442 struct bp_location
*location
;
14444 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14445 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14448 update_global_location_list (0);
14450 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14453 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14456 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14458 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14461 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14462 disable_breakpoint. */
14465 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14467 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14471 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14475 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14478 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14479 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14481 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14483 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14489 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14491 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14492 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14493 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14494 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14496 update_global_location_list (0);
14499 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14503 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14506 int target_resources_ok
;
14508 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14511 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14512 target_resources_ok
=
14513 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14515 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14516 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14517 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14518 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14521 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14523 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14524 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14525 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14527 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14529 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14531 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14532 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14533 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14537 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14538 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14544 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14545 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14547 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14549 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14550 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14552 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14553 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14555 struct bp_location
*location
;
14557 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14558 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14561 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14562 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14563 update_global_location_list (1);
14565 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14570 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14572 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14576 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14578 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14581 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14582 enable_breakpoint. */
14585 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14587 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14590 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14591 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14592 in stopping the inferior. */
14595 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14599 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14602 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14603 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14605 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14607 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14613 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14615 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14616 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14617 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14618 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14620 update_global_location_list (1);
14623 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14626 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14636 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14638 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14640 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14644 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14646 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14648 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14652 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14654 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14658 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14660 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14662 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14666 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14668 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14670 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14674 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14676 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14678 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14682 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14684 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14688 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14693 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14697 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14698 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14702 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14703 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14704 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14706 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14709 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14710 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14712 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14714 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14716 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14718 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14719 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14720 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14721 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14723 value_free (wp
->val
);
14731 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14732 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14733 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14734 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14738 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14739 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14741 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14743 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14745 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14746 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14748 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14750 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14758 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14759 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14762 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14764 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14767 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14773 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14776 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14777 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14779 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14782 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14783 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14788 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14790 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14791 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14795 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14796 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14797 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14800 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14801 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14802 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14803 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14804 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14805 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14807 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14808 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14809 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14810 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14813 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14814 were inserted or not. */
14817 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14819 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14820 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14823 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14826 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14828 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14830 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14832 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14833 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14834 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14835 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14837 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14839 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14840 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14841 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14842 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14846 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14847 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14848 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14852 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14856 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14857 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14859 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14860 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14861 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14865 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14869 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14873 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14874 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14875 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14876 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14879 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14883 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14888 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14890 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14892 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14893 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14901 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14902 non-zero otherwise. */
14904 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14906 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14907 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14908 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14915 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14917 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14918 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14920 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14924 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14926 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14929 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14931 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14933 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14937 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14939 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14949 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14950 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14951 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14952 const char *text
, const char *word
)
14954 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14955 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14956 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
14962 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14964 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14966 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14968 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14969 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14973 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14975 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14976 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14978 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14979 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14981 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14983 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14985 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14987 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14988 0 /* Ignore count */,
14989 pending_break_support
,
14993 0 /* internal */, 0);
14997 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14999 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15001 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15003 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15004 0 /* Ignore count */,
15005 pending_break_support
,
15006 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15009 0 /* internal */, 0);
15012 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15015 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15017 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15019 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15020 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15021 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15022 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15024 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15026 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15028 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15030 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15031 0 /* Ignore count */,
15032 pending_break_support
,
15036 0 /* internal */, 0);
15039 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15040 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15042 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15043 static int next_cmd
;
15046 read_uploaded_action (void)
15050 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15057 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15058 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15059 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15060 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15061 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15063 struct tracepoint
*
15064 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15066 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15067 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15069 if (utp
->at_string
)
15070 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15073 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15074 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15075 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15077 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15078 "source location, using raw address"),
15080 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15081 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15084 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15085 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15086 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15087 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15090 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15092 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15093 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15095 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15096 0 /* Ignore count */,
15097 pending_break_support
,
15098 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15100 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15102 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15105 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15106 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15107 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15111 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15114 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15117 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15118 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15119 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15121 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15123 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15128 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15130 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15132 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15133 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15134 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15135 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15138 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15139 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15140 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15145 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15149 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15151 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15154 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15156 if (num_printed
== 0)
15158 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15159 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15161 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15164 default_collect_info ();
15167 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15168 Not supported by all targets. */
15170 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15172 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15175 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15176 Not supported by all targets. */
15178 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15180 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15183 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15185 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15187 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15193 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15195 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15196 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15197 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15199 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15200 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15202 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15206 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15208 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15211 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15212 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15216 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15219 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15222 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15224 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15225 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15227 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15228 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15231 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15233 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15234 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15235 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15238 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15240 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15241 unsigned int count
;
15243 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15244 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15245 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15247 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15249 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15250 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15252 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15254 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15256 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15258 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15260 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15261 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15264 else if (*args
== '\0')
15266 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15268 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15272 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15274 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15275 while (!state
.finished
)
15277 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15279 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15284 struct tracepoint
*
15285 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15287 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15289 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15290 if (t
->number
== num
)
15291 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15296 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15297 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15300 struct tracepoint
*
15301 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15305 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15307 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15309 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15316 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15317 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15318 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15319 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15320 struct tracepoint
*
15321 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15322 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15325 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15327 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15331 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15332 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15334 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15337 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15339 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15342 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15346 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15347 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15350 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15351 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15355 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15356 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15358 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15361 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15366 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15368 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15377 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15378 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15379 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15383 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15384 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15386 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15389 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15390 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15391 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15393 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15394 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15396 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15399 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15400 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15403 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15404 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15409 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15411 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15413 /* We can stop searching. */
15420 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15424 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15425 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15426 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15428 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15429 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15430 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15432 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15433 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15435 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15437 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15438 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15441 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15442 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15445 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15447 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15448 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15451 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15454 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15457 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15459 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15463 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15464 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15466 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15468 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15471 throw_exception (ex
);
15473 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15476 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15479 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15480 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15481 special, and not user visible. */
15482 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15484 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15487 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15493 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15496 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15498 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15501 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15504 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15506 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15509 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15512 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15514 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15517 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15519 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15520 all_tracepoints (void)
15522 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15523 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15525 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15527 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15534 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15535 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15536 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15538 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15539 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15540 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15541 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15542 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15543 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15544 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15545 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15546 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15547 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15548 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15550 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15551 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15553 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15554 conditions are different.\n\
15556 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15558 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15559 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15561 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15562 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15565 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15566 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15567 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15568 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15569 void *user_data_catch
,
15570 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15572 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15574 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15576 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15577 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15578 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15580 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15582 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15583 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15584 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15588 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15590 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15591 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15593 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15594 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15595 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15599 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15601 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15602 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15603 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15606 struct breakpoint
*
15607 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15610 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15614 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15621 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15622 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15625 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15627 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15628 non-inline function. */
15629 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15635 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15636 have been inlined. */
15639 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15640 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15643 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15647 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15650 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15652 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15653 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15661 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15664 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15666 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15668 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15669 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15670 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15674 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15676 static int initialized
= 0;
15678 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15684 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15685 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15686 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15687 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15688 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15689 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15690 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15691 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15692 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15693 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15694 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15695 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15698 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15699 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15700 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15701 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15702 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15703 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15704 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15706 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15707 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15708 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15709 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15710 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15711 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15712 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15713 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15714 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15715 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15717 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15718 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15719 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15720 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15721 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15722 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15723 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15725 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15726 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15727 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15728 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15729 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15730 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15731 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15733 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15734 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15735 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15736 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15738 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15739 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15741 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15742 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15743 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15744 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15747 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15749 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15750 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15751 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15752 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15753 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15754 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15755 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15756 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15757 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15758 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15759 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15761 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15762 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15763 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15764 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15768 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15771 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15774 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15776 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15777 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15778 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15779 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15780 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15781 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15782 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15783 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15785 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15786 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15789 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15791 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15792 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15794 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15795 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15796 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15798 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15799 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15800 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15801 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15802 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15803 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15804 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15805 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15806 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15807 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15809 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15810 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15811 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15812 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15813 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15814 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15815 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15816 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15817 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15818 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15820 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15821 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15822 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15823 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15824 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15825 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15826 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15827 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15828 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15829 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15830 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15832 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15833 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15836 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15837 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15838 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15839 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15840 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15841 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15842 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15844 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15845 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15847 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15848 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15849 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15850 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15851 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15852 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15853 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15854 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15855 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15857 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15860 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15861 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15862 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15863 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15866 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15868 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15871 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15873 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15875 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15877 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15878 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15879 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15881 breakpoint_objfile_key
15882 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15884 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15885 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15886 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15888 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15889 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15890 before a breakpoint is set. */
15891 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15893 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15895 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15896 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15897 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15899 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15901 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15902 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15903 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15904 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15905 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15906 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15907 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15908 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15910 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15911 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15912 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15913 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15914 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15916 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15917 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15918 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15919 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15920 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15922 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15923 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15925 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15926 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15927 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15928 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15930 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15931 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15933 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15934 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15935 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15936 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15938 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15939 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15941 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15942 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15943 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15944 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15945 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15946 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15947 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15949 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15950 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15951 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15952 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15953 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15954 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15956 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15958 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15959 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15960 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15961 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15962 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15963 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15965 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15966 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15967 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15970 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15971 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15972 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15975 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15976 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15977 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15978 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15986 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15991 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15992 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15994 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15997 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15998 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15999 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16000 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16001 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16002 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16003 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16004 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16006 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16007 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16009 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16010 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16012 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16013 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16014 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16015 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16016 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16017 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16020 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16021 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16022 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16023 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16025 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16026 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16027 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16028 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16029 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16031 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16032 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16033 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16034 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16036 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16037 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16038 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16039 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16040 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16043 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16044 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16045 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16046 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16047 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16048 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16050 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16051 is executing in.\n\
16053 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16054 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16056 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16057 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16058 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16061 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16062 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16063 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16064 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16067 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16071 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16072 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16073 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16074 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16075 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16076 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16077 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16078 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16079 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16080 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16081 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16082 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16083 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16084 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16085 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16086 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16088 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16089 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16090 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16091 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16092 breakpoint set."));
16095 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16096 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16097 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16098 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16099 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16100 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16101 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16102 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16103 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16105 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16106 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16107 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16108 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16109 breakpoint set."));
16111 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16114 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16115 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16116 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16117 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16118 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16119 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16120 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16121 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16122 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16124 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16125 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16126 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16127 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16128 breakpoint set."));
16130 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16131 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16132 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16133 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16134 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16135 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16136 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16137 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16138 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16139 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16140 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16141 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16142 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16144 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16145 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16146 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16147 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16149 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16152 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16153 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16154 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16156 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16157 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16158 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16159 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16161 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16162 catch_fork_command_1
,
16164 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16165 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16166 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16167 catch_fork_command_1
,
16169 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16170 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16171 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16172 catch_exec_command_1
,
16176 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16177 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16178 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16179 catch_load_command_1
,
16183 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16184 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16185 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16186 catch_unload_command_1
,
16190 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16191 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16192 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16193 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16194 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16195 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16196 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16197 catch_syscall_completer
,
16201 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16202 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16203 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16204 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16205 an expression changes.\n\
16206 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16207 the memory to which it refers."));
16208 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16210 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16211 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16212 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16213 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16214 an expression is read.\n\
16215 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16216 the memory to which it refers."));
16217 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16219 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16220 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16221 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16222 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16223 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16224 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16225 the memory to which it refers."));
16226 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16228 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16229 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16231 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16232 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16233 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16234 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16235 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16236 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16237 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16238 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16239 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16242 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16243 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16245 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16247 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16249 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16250 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16252 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16253 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16254 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16256 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16257 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16258 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16259 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16261 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16262 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16264 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16265 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16268 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16269 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16271 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16272 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16273 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16274 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16275 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16276 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16277 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16278 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16279 the selected stack frame.\n\
16280 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16281 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16282 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16283 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16285 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16287 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16288 conditions are different.\n\
16290 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16291 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16292 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16294 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16295 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16296 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16297 last tracepoint set."));
16299 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16301 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16302 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16303 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16304 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16306 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16308 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16309 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16310 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16311 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16313 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16315 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16316 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16317 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16318 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16320 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16322 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16323 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16324 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16325 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16326 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16328 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16329 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16330 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16331 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16333 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16334 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16335 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16336 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16337 session to restore them."),
16339 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16341 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16342 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16343 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16345 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16347 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16348 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16350 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16351 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16352 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16353 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16354 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16355 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16356 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16357 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16358 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16359 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16360 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16361 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16363 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16364 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16365 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16366 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16367 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16368 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16369 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16370 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16372 show_pending_break_support
,
16373 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16374 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16376 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16378 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16379 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16380 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16381 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16382 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16383 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16384 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16386 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16387 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16388 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16390 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16391 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16392 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16393 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16394 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16395 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16396 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16397 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16398 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16399 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16400 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16401 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16403 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16404 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16405 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16407 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16408 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16409 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16410 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16411 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16412 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16413 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16414 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16415 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16416 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16417 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16418 be set to \"gdb\""),
16419 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16420 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16421 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16422 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16424 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16425 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16426 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16427 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16428 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16429 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16430 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16431 or the start of the range\n\
16432 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16433 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16434 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16436 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16437 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16438 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16440 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16441 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16442 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16443 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16444 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16445 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16447 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16449 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16450 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16451 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16452 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16453 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16454 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16455 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16456 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16457 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16458 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16459 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16460 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16462 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16463 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16464 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16465 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16466 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16467 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16468 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16470 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16471 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16472 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16473 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16474 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16475 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16476 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16478 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16479 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16480 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16481 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16482 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16483 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16486 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16488 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16489 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16490 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16492 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16494 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);